1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
,
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
58 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
249 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
252 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
253 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
260 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
262 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
263 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
268 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
270 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
271 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
273 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
274 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
278 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
281 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
283 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
285 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
287 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
288 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
291 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
292 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
294 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
295 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
296 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
298 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
299 in case the string table is not terminated. */
300 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
301 || shstrtabsize
> bfd_get_file_size (abfd
)
302 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
303 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
305 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
307 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
309 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
311 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
312 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
313 the string table over and over. */
314 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
317 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
318 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
320 return (char *) shstrtab
;
324 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
325 unsigned int shindex
,
326 unsigned int strindex
)
328 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
333 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
336 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
338 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
340 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
342 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
343 /* xgettext:c-format */
344 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
345 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
350 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
354 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
356 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
358 /* xgettext:c-format */
359 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
360 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
361 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
363 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
367 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
370 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
371 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
372 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
373 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
374 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
375 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
376 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
379 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
380 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
383 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
387 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
389 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
390 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
391 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
392 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
393 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
400 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
406 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
408 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
410 elf_section_list
* entry
;
411 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
413 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
414 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
417 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
420 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
422 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
427 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
429 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
430 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
431 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
432 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
433 the index table will not be needed. */
437 /* Read the symbols. */
439 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
441 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
442 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
443 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
444 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
445 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
447 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
448 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
450 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
451 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
452 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
458 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
462 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
463 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
464 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
466 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
467 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
468 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
470 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
471 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
472 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
479 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
481 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
482 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
483 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
484 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
488 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
489 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
490 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
491 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
493 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
494 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
496 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
497 /* xgettext:c-format */
498 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
499 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
500 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
501 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
508 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
510 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
511 free (alloc_extshndx
);
516 /* Look up a symbol name. */
518 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
519 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
520 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
524 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
525 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
527 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
528 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
529 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
531 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
532 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
535 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
538 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
539 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
544 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
545 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
548 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
549 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
551 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
553 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
554 signature just a string? */
557 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
559 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
560 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
561 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
562 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
564 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
565 that it is a symbol table section. */
566 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
568 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
569 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
570 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
573 /* Go read the symbol. */
574 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
575 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
576 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
579 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
582 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
585 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
587 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
589 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
590 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
593 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
595 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
596 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
597 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
600 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
601 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
602 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
603 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
604 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
606 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
608 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
610 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
616 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
617 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
618 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
622 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
623 so we can find them quickly. */
626 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
627 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
628 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
629 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
631 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0,
632 num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
635 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
637 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
639 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
642 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
644 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
646 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
649 /* Add to list of sections. */
650 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
653 /* Read the raw contents. */
654 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
655 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
656 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
657 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
658 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
659 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
662 /* xgettext:c-format */
663 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
664 " header: %#" PRIx64
),
665 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
666 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
671 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
673 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
674 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
678 /* xgettext:c-format */
679 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
680 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
681 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
682 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
685 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
686 contents to be used. */
687 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
691 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
692 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
693 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
695 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
696 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
704 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
705 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
708 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
709 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
710 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
715 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
716 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
717 section group should be marked with
718 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
719 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
721 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
724 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
727 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
735 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
736 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
740 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
743 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
744 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
746 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
747 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
753 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
755 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
758 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
760 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
761 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
763 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
764 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
770 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
771 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
773 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
774 /* xgettext:c-format */
775 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
776 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
777 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
781 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
783 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
784 section is a member. */
786 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
790 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
791 other members to see if any others are linked via
793 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
794 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
796 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
797 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
798 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
802 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
803 insert current section in circular list. */
804 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
805 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
806 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
812 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
815 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
817 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
818 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
821 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
823 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
824 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
826 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
833 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
835 /* xgettext:c-format */
836 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
844 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
847 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
848 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
851 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
852 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
854 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
855 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
857 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
858 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
859 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
860 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
863 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
864 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
865 bed
->link_order_error_handler
866 /* xgettext:c-format */
867 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
872 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
874 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
876 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
877 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
881 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
882 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
886 /* xgettext:c-format */
887 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
888 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
892 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
895 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
896 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
901 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
906 /* Process section groups. */
907 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
910 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
912 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
913 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
916 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
917 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
920 /* xgettext:c-format */
921 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
927 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
928 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
934 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
936 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
937 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
938 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
939 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
941 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
943 /* xgettext:c-format */
944 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
947 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
948 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
961 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
963 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
967 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
969 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
970 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
971 if (new_name
== NULL
)
975 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
980 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
982 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
983 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
984 if (new_name
== NULL
)
987 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
991 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
992 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
995 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
996 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1002 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1004 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1007 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1008 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1011 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1012 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1013 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1015 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1016 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1017 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1019 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1021 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1022 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1023 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
1024 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1027 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1028 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1029 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1030 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1032 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1035 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1039 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1040 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1042 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1047 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1049 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1050 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1051 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1052 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1054 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1055 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1056 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1057 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1059 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1061 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1062 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1063 if (name
[0] == '.')
1068 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1069 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1070 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1071 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1072 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1073 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1075 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1077 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1078 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1081 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1082 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1086 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1087 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1088 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1089 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1090 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1091 all but one of the sections. */
1092 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1093 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1094 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1096 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1097 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1098 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1101 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1104 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1105 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1106 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1107 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1111 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1114 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1115 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1119 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1121 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1122 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1124 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1125 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1126 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1127 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1128 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1129 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1130 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1132 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1134 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1137 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1138 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1140 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1141 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1142 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1143 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1145 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1146 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1147 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1149 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1150 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1151 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1152 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1153 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1154 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1155 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1156 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1157 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1159 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1160 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1161 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1162 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1163 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1164 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1165 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1171 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1172 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1173 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1174 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1175 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1177 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1178 int compression_header_size
;
1179 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1180 bfd_boolean compressed
1181 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1182 &compression_header_size
,
1183 &uncompressed_size
);
1187 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1188 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1189 action
= decompress
;
1192 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1193 section. Check if we should compress. */
1194 if (action
== nothing
)
1196 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1197 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1198 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1199 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1201 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1202 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1208 if (action
== compress
)
1210 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1213 /* xgettext:c-format */
1214 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1221 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1224 /* xgettext:c-format */
1225 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1231 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1234 && (action
== decompress
1235 || (action
== compress
1236 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1238 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1239 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1241 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1242 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1244 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1248 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1249 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1250 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1256 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1258 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1259 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1260 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1263 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1264 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1265 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1266 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1267 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1268 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1269 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1270 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1271 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1273 bfd_reloc_status_type
1274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1275 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1277 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1278 asection
*input_section
,
1280 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1282 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1283 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1284 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1285 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1287 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1288 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1291 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1294 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1295 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1296 should be the same. */
1299 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1300 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1303 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1304 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1305 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1306 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1307 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1308 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1309 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1313 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1314 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1315 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1316 to be the correct section. */
1319 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1320 const unsigned int hint
)
1322 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1325 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1327 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1328 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1329 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1330 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1333 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1335 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1337 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1339 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1340 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1341 multiple matches ? */
1348 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1349 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1350 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1353 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1355 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1357 const unsigned int secnum
)
1359 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1360 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1361 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1362 unsigned int sh_link
;
1364 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1366 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1367 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1368 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1369 matched up with the original.
1371 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1372 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1373 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1374 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1375 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1376 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1377 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1378 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1379 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1380 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1381 without any contents. */
1382 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1383 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1384 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1385 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1389 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1390 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1391 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1392 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1395 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1396 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1397 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1398 in the input bfd. */
1399 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1401 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1402 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1405 /* xgettext:c-format */
1406 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1407 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1411 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1412 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1414 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1418 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1419 if we could not find a match ? */
1421 /* xgettext:c-format */
1422 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1425 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1427 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1428 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1430 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1432 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1434 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1435 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1438 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1439 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1441 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1443 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1448 /* xgettext:c-format */
1449 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1455 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1459 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1461 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1462 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1463 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1466 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1467 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1470 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1472 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1473 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1476 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1478 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1479 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1480 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1482 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1483 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1484 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1485 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1487 /* Copy object attributes. */
1488 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1490 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1493 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1495 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1496 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1499 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1501 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1502 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1503 files. See below for more details. */
1505 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1506 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1509 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1510 fields have already been initialised. */
1511 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1512 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1515 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1516 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1517 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1519 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1521 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1524 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1525 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1526 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1527 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1529 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1530 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1531 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1532 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1533 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1534 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1539 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1542 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1543 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1544 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1545 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1547 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1549 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1552 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1553 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1554 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1556 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1557 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1558 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1559 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1560 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1561 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1562 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1563 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1564 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1565 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1567 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1572 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1574 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1575 with a NULL input section. */
1576 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1577 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1585 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1590 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1591 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1592 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1593 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1594 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1595 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1596 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1597 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1598 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1599 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1600 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1601 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1606 /* Print out the program headers. */
1609 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1611 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1612 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1614 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1616 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1621 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1622 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1623 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1625 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1630 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1633 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1634 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1635 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1636 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1637 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1638 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1639 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1640 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1641 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1642 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1643 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1644 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1645 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1646 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1647 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1648 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1649 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1654 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1657 unsigned int elfsec
;
1658 unsigned long shlink
;
1659 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1661 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1663 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1665 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1668 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1669 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1671 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1673 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1674 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1677 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1678 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1680 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1681 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1683 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1685 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1686 const char *name
= "";
1688 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1689 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1691 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1693 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1700 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1701 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1703 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1705 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1710 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1711 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1712 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1713 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1714 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1715 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1716 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1717 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1718 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1719 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1720 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1721 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1722 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1723 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1724 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1725 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1726 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1727 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1728 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1729 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1730 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1731 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1732 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1733 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1734 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1735 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1736 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1737 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1738 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1739 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1740 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1741 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1742 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1743 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1744 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1745 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1746 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1747 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1748 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1749 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1750 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1751 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1752 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1753 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1754 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1755 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1756 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1757 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1758 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1759 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1760 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1761 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1762 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1763 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1764 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1765 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1766 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1767 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1770 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1774 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1779 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1781 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1784 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1793 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1794 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1796 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1800 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1802 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1804 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1805 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1807 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1808 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1809 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1810 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1812 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1815 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1819 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1825 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1827 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1829 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1830 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1832 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1834 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1835 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1836 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1837 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1838 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1839 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1851 /* Get version string. */
1854 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1855 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1857 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1858 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1859 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1861 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1863 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1864 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1867 version_string
= "";
1868 else if (vernum
== 1
1869 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1870 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1872 version_string
= "Base";
1873 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1875 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1878 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1880 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1881 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1885 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1887 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1889 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1891 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1898 return version_string
;
1901 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1904 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1907 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1909 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1912 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1913 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1915 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1916 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1917 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1918 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1920 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1922 const char *section_name
;
1923 const char *name
= NULL
;
1924 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1925 unsigned char st_other
;
1927 const char *version_string
;
1930 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1932 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1933 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1934 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1938 name
= symbol
->name
;
1939 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1942 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1943 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1944 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1945 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1946 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1947 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1948 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1950 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1951 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1953 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1954 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1960 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1965 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1966 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1971 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1972 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1977 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1978 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1979 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1981 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1983 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1986 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1992 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1994 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1997 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1999 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2000 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2003 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2004 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2005 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2006 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2008 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2013 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2014 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2015 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2016 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2017 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2018 can expect to recurse at least once.
2020 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2021 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2023 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2024 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2025 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2027 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
2028 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
2029 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
2030 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2032 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2035 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2038 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2041 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2042 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2043 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2048 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2049 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2052 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2055 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2056 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2057 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2058 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2059 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2060 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2061 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2062 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2063 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2064 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2067 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2068 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2071 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2073 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2074 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2075 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2078 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2079 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2080 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2082 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2087 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2089 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2093 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2094 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2095 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2096 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2098 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2099 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2103 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2105 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2106 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2108 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2109 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2111 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2119 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2120 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2123 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2126 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2128 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2130 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2131 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2132 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2137 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2138 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2139 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2142 /* xgettext:c-format */
2143 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2144 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2148 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2149 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2150 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2151 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2153 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2154 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2155 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2156 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2157 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2159 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2160 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2161 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2165 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2166 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2167 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2169 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2170 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2172 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2173 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2176 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2177 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2179 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2181 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2182 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2187 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2189 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2191 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2192 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2197 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2198 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2202 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2203 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2206 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2209 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2211 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2214 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2215 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2216 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2221 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2222 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2223 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2226 /* xgettext:c-format */
2227 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2228 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2232 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2233 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2234 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2235 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2237 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2238 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2239 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2242 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2244 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2246 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2247 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2250 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2253 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2255 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2256 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2257 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2261 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2262 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2265 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2267 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2268 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2272 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2275 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2276 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2280 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2283 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2284 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2285 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2286 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2288 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2293 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2294 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2295 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2296 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2298 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2300 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2301 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2304 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2306 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2309 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2311 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2313 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2314 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2318 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2323 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2325 asection
*target_sect
;
2326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2327 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2328 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2331 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2332 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2335 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2336 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2339 /* xgettext:c-format */
2340 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2341 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2342 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2347 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2348 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2349 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2350 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2351 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2352 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2353 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2355 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2356 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2357 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2358 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2364 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2366 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2367 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2378 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2381 /* Get the symbol table. */
2382 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2383 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2384 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2387 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2388 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2389 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2390 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2391 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2392 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2393 sh_link points to the null section. */
2394 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2395 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2396 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2397 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2398 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2399 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2401 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2406 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2409 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2410 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2413 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2414 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2415 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2417 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2419 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2422 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2427 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2428 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2429 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2430 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2431 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2432 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2433 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2434 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2435 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2437 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2438 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2440 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2444 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2445 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2446 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2447 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2450 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2451 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2454 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2455 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2456 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2459 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2460 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2461 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2462 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2469 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2472 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2478 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2479 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2480 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2482 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2484 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2488 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2489 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2492 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2494 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2495 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2496 for applications? */
2498 /* xgettext:c-format */
2499 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2500 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2503 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2504 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2509 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2510 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2511 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2513 /* xgettext:c-format */
2514 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2515 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2516 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2518 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2519 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2520 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2521 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2522 be rejected with an error message. */
2524 /* xgettext:c-format */
2525 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2526 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2529 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2530 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2535 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2537 /* xgettext:c-format */
2538 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2539 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2547 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2548 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2549 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2551 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2552 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2557 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2560 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2562 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2564 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2566 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2569 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2570 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2572 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2573 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2574 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2577 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2579 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2582 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2585 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2588 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2592 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2594 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2596 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2599 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2601 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2602 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2605 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2607 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2608 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2611 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2613 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2614 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2615 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2616 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2617 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2618 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2619 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2620 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2622 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2626 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2629 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2633 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2636 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2640 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2641 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2642 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2643 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2644 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2647 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2650 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2653 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2656 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2661 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2664 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2667 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2670 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2674 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2677 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2681 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2684 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2690 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2693 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2698 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2699 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2700 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2701 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2704 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2709 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2712 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2714 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2715 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2716 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2723 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2724 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2725 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2727 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2728 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2729 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2730 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2733 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2735 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2737 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2739 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2740 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2741 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2747 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2750 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2751 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2752 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2758 len
= strlen (name
);
2760 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2763 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2765 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2767 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2770 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2771 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2773 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2775 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2777 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2778 && (suffix_len
== -2
2779 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2785 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2787 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2788 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2798 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2799 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2802 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2803 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2805 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2806 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2809 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2810 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2813 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2814 bed
->special_sections
,
2820 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2823 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2824 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2827 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2832 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2836 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2838 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2839 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2840 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2842 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2845 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2849 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2852 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2853 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2854 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2856 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2857 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2858 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2859 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2860 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2861 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2862 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2863 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2864 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2865 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2866 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2868 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2871 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2872 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2873 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2875 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2876 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2880 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2883 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2885 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2886 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2887 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2888 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2890 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2891 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2892 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2893 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2894 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2895 of combined data+bss.
2897 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2898 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2899 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2900 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2901 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2906 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2907 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2909 const char *type_name
)
2917 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2918 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2919 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2921 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2923 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2924 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2925 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2928 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2929 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2930 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2932 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2933 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2934 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2935 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2936 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2937 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2938 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2940 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2941 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2942 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2944 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2946 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2949 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2951 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2955 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2959 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2960 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2961 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2964 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2965 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2966 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2968 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2969 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2970 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2971 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2972 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2973 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2974 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2975 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2976 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2978 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2979 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2980 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2981 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2982 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2983 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2984 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2986 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2987 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2988 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2990 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2991 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2998 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3000 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3002 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3005 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3008 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
3011 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3014 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3017 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3019 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3025 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3028 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3030 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3031 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3038 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3041 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3042 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3043 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3047 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3051 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3053 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3055 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3056 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3059 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3063 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3064 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3065 const char *sec_name
,
3066 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3068 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3069 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3073 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3075 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3077 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3083 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3084 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3085 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3089 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3090 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3091 const char *sec_name
,
3092 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3093 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3096 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3098 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3099 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3100 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3102 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3103 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3104 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3107 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3108 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3109 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3110 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3111 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3112 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3113 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3114 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3115 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3120 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3123 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3125 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3126 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3128 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3131 struct fake_section_arg
3133 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3137 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3140 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3142 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3143 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3144 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3145 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3146 unsigned int sh_type
;
3147 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3148 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3152 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3157 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3161 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3162 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3163 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3167 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3169 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3171 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3172 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3173 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3174 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3177 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3179 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3180 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3182 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3183 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3187 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3188 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3196 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3198 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3199 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3200 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3201 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3202 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3203 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3208 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3213 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3214 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3218 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3220 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3227 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3229 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3230 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3231 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3233 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3235 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3236 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3237 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3238 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3239 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3242 /* xgettext:c-format */
3243 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3244 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3248 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3249 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3250 copy_private_section_data. */
3252 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3253 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3255 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3257 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3258 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3260 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3262 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3263 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3264 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3265 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3266 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3268 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3269 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3270 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3271 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3273 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3274 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3277 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3288 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3289 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3290 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3291 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3295 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3299 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3303 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3307 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3308 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3312 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3313 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3316 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3317 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3320 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3321 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3322 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3323 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3325 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3326 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3328 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3329 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3332 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3333 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3334 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3335 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3337 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3338 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3340 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3341 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3349 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3353 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3354 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3355 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3356 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3357 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3358 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3361 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3362 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3364 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3365 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3366 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3367 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3368 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3370 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3371 if (asect
->size
== 0
3372 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3374 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3376 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3379 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3380 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3381 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3385 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3388 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3389 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3390 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3391 create the other. */
3392 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3394 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3397 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3398 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3399 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3400 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3402 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3403 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3404 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3409 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3410 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3411 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3417 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3419 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3429 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3430 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3431 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3432 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3438 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3440 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3441 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3442 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3446 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3447 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3448 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3449 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3452 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3454 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3455 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3459 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3461 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3465 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3467 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3469 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3471 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3472 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3476 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3477 elf_section_syms. */
3478 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3479 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3481 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3483 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3485 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3486 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3487 set until all local symbols are output. */
3489 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3490 unsigned long symndx
;
3491 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3492 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3494 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3495 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3496 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3497 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3498 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3499 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3501 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3503 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3505 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3506 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3508 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3509 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3510 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3511 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3513 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3516 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3518 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3521 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3523 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3524 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3525 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3532 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3534 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3535 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3536 start of the input section group. */
3537 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3539 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3540 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3541 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3542 directives, not that it matters. */
3549 s
= s
->output_section
;
3551 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3553 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3554 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3556 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3558 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3559 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3561 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3563 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3565 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3567 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3568 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3570 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3572 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3575 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3577 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3583 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3588 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3589 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3590 relocations apply. */
3593 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3595 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3596 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3597 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3598 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3603 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3609 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3612 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3615 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3620 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3622 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3623 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3626 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3627 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3628 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3631 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3634 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3635 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3636 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3639 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3640 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3641 in here too, while we're at it. */
3644 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3646 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3648 unsigned int section_number
;
3649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3650 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3651 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3655 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3657 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3658 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3660 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3662 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3663 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3665 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3667 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3669 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3671 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3672 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3673 abfd
->section_count
--;
3676 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3679 /* Count relocations. */
3680 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3683 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3684 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3685 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3688 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3690 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3692 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3693 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3694 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3695 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3698 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3699 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3700 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3707 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3708 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3709 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3715 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3716 || (link_info
== NULL
3717 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3721 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3722 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3723 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3725 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3727 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3729 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3730 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3731 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3733 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3734 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3735 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3738 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3739 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3742 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3743 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3744 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3746 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3748 /* xgettext:c-format */
3749 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3750 abfd
, section_number
);
3754 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3755 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3757 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3759 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3760 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3761 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3764 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3765 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3766 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3768 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3772 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3774 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3777 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3778 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3780 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3781 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3782 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3783 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3785 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3786 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3789 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3793 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3795 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3796 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3797 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3798 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3799 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3801 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3803 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3804 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3805 the relocation entries apply. */
3806 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3808 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3809 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3810 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3812 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3814 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3815 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3816 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3819 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3820 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3822 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3825 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3826 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3828 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3829 if (discarded_section (s
))
3833 /* xgettext:c-format */
3834 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3835 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3836 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3838 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3839 size as the discarded one. */
3840 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3843 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3849 s
= s
->output_section
;
3850 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3854 /* Handle objcopy. */
3855 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3858 /* xgettext:c-format */
3859 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3860 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3861 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3865 s
= s
->output_section
;
3867 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3872 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3873 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3874 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3876 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3877 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3878 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3879 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3880 /* xgettext:c-format */
3881 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3886 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3890 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3891 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3892 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3893 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3894 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3895 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3896 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3898 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3900 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3903 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3904 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3909 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3910 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3911 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3912 field to point to this section. */
3913 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3914 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3919 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3920 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3923 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3924 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3925 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3929 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3931 /* This is a .stab section. */
3932 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3933 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3934 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3941 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3942 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3943 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3944 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3946 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3948 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3951 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3952 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3953 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3954 the version strings. */
3955 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3956 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3958 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3963 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3964 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3965 this hash table or version table is for. */
3966 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3968 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3972 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3976 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3977 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3978 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3984 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3986 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3987 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3988 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3989 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3991 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3992 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3993 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3996 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3997 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3998 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3999 the beginning of that array.
4001 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4004 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4005 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4007 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4009 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4011 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4012 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4013 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4015 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4018 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4021 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4023 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4026 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4029 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4034 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4035 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4038 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4040 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4045 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4048 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4051 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4052 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4053 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4054 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4055 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4056 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4057 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4058 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4059 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4062 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4063 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4066 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4068 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4069 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4070 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4071 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4072 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4073 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4074 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4075 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4081 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4085 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4087 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4088 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4092 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4093 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4095 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4096 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4098 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4099 decided to output. */
4100 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4102 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4104 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4106 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4107 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4109 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4111 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4112 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4114 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4118 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4119 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4121 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4123 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4127 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4128 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4129 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4130 at least in that case. */
4131 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4133 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4135 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4142 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4143 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4144 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4146 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4149 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4151 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4154 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4155 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4156 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4161 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4163 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4165 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4167 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4170 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4171 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4174 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4176 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4180 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4182 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4186 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4187 ELF data structure. */
4189 static inline file_ptr
4190 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4192 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4195 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4196 required section alignment. */
4199 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4203 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4204 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4205 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4206 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4207 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4208 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4209 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4213 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4214 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4215 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4218 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4219 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4222 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4224 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4225 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4226 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4228 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4231 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4232 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4233 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4235 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4238 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4239 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4241 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4242 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4243 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4247 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4250 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4251 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4252 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4253 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4257 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4258 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4260 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4265 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4267 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4272 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4273 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4274 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4275 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4276 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4277 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4278 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4279 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4280 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4281 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4282 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4284 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4290 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4292 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4294 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4295 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4297 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4299 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4300 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4301 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4302 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4305 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4306 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4308 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4310 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4312 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4313 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4315 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4318 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4323 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4324 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4326 static bfd_size_type
4327 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4331 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4333 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4334 and one for data. */
4337 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4338 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4340 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4341 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4342 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4347 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4349 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4353 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4355 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4359 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4361 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4365 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4367 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4371 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4373 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4374 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4376 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4378 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4379 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4380 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4381 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4382 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4383 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4385 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4386 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4387 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4388 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4389 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4394 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4396 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4398 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4404 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4406 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4408 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4409 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4410 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4411 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4413 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4417 /* xgettext:c-format */
4418 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIN section `%pA' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4419 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4422 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4423 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4424 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4429 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4430 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4434 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4440 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4443 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4446 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4448 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4449 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4451 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4457 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4458 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4465 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4467 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4468 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4469 asection
**sections
,
4474 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4479 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4480 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4481 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4485 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4486 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4487 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4488 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4490 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4492 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4493 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4494 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4500 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4503 struct elf_segment_map
*
4504 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4506 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4508 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4509 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4513 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4515 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4520 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4523 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4524 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4525 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4527 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4528 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4530 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4531 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4532 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4533 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4535 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4538 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4540 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4542 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4543 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4544 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4546 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4550 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4552 if (remove_empty_load
4553 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4555 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4561 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4562 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4564 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4571 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4572 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4574 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4577 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4580 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4581 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4582 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4583 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4585 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4588 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4590 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4594 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4595 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4598 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4599 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4601 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4602 bfd_boolean writable
;
4603 bfd_boolean executable
;
4605 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4606 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4607 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4609 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4610 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= FALSE
;
4612 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4614 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4615 sizeof (asection
*));
4616 if (sections
== NULL
)
4619 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4620 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4622 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4623 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4626 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4628 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4632 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4633 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4634 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4637 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4640 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4642 /* Build the mapping. */
4647 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4648 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4650 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4651 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4653 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4654 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4658 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4660 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4661 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4662 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= TRUE
;
4666 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4667 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4671 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4679 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4680 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4681 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4685 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4686 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4687 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4688 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4689 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4693 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4695 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4698 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4699 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4700 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4701 program headers we will need. */
4704 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4706 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4707 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4708 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4709 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4710 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4711 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4712 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4713 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4715 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4716 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4717 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4718 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4719 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4720 force the inclusion if we can... */
4721 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4722 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
)
4723 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4725 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4729 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4732 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4736 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4739 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4741 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4742 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4743 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4745 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4747 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4748 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4752 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4753 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4755 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4756 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4759 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4760 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4761 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4763 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4764 pages onto the same memory page. */
4765 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4767 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4768 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4769 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4770 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4771 section can be included in the current segment. */
4772 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4773 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4774 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4775 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4777 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4778 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4781 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4782 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4784 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4785 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4786 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4787 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4790 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4792 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4793 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4794 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4795 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4797 else if (info
!= NULL
4798 && info
->separate_code
4799 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4804 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4806 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4812 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4813 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4816 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4817 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4819 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4821 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4827 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4829 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4832 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4833 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4837 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4838 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4840 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4847 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4852 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4858 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4859 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4861 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4864 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4866 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4867 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4868 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4870 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4878 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4881 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4888 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4889 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4890 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4891 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4892 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4894 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4896 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4897 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4902 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4903 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4904 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4906 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4907 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4908 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4909 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4915 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4916 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4920 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4924 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4925 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4928 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4929 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4933 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4939 if (first_mbind
== NULL
4940 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
4944 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4947 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4948 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4949 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4954 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4955 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4957 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4959 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4961 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4964 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4967 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4969 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4971 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
4975 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
4978 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4989 if (first_mbind
&& (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4990 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4991 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
4992 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4993 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
))
4995 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4996 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
4997 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4999 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5002 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5003 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5007 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5008 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5010 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5012 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5018 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5020 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5021 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5022 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5024 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5025 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5029 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5031 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5037 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5039 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5040 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5044 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5045 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5046 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5047 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5048 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5049 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5051 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5052 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5059 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5061 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5063 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5065 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5066 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5069 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5070 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5071 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5074 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5079 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5082 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5083 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5087 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5094 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5097 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5100 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5102 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5107 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5112 /* Sort sections by address. */
5115 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5117 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5118 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5119 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5121 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5122 place the section into a segment. */
5123 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5125 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5128 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5129 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5130 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5132 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5135 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5137 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5143 /* If the indices are the same, do not return 0
5144 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5145 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
5146 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5151 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5156 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5157 before others at the same address. */
5159 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5160 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5167 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5170 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5172 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5173 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5174 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5175 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5176 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5179 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5180 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5182 /* In other words, something like:
5184 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5185 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5186 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5187 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5189 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5191 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5194 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5196 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5197 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5199 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5203 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5206 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5211 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5212 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5213 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5214 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5215 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5216 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5218 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5219 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5223 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5224 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5225 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5231 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5236 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5238 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5241 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5246 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5247 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5251 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5252 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5254 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5255 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5256 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5257 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5259 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5260 unsigned int pt_load_count
= 0;
5263 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5265 if (link_info
== NULL
5266 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5270 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5274 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5279 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5280 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5284 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5285 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5286 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5291 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5292 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5294 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5295 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5299 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5303 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5304 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5305 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5306 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5307 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5309 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5310 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5311 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5312 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5314 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5316 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5317 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5318 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5323 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5324 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5326 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5327 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5328 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5334 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5336 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5340 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5342 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5343 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5344 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5345 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5346 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5348 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5349 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5350 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5353 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5354 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5355 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5356 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5357 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5358 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5359 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5364 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5366 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5367 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5368 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5371 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5373 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5374 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5376 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5377 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5378 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5379 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5380 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5381 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5382 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5384 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5385 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5387 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5390 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5391 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5392 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5393 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5397 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5399 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5402 bfd_size_type align
;
5403 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5405 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5409 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5411 unsigned int secalign
;
5413 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5414 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5415 align_power
= secalign
;
5417 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5418 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5419 align
= maxpagesize
;
5422 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5423 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5424 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5425 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5426 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5427 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5429 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5432 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5433 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5435 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5439 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5441 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5442 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5444 if (pt_load_count
> 1
5445 && bed
->no_page_alias
5446 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5447 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5448 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5452 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5453 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5454 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5455 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5456 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5457 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5458 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5459 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5464 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5465 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5466 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5468 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5471 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5472 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5474 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5477 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5478 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5479 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5480 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5486 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5488 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5490 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5491 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5494 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5495 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5496 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5499 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5500 " try linking with -N"),
5502 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5507 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5512 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5514 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5517 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5519 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5523 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5524 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5525 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5529 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5530 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5533 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5534 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5538 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5539 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5541 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5547 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5549 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5550 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5554 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5555 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5556 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5557 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5558 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5559 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5562 bfd_size_type align
;
5563 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5566 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5567 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5569 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5570 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5571 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5572 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5573 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5574 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5576 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5577 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5578 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5579 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5583 || p_end
< p_start
))
5586 /* xgettext:c-format */
5587 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5588 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5592 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5594 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5596 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5598 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5599 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5601 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5602 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5606 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5610 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5612 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5616 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5617 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5618 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5624 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5633 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5635 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5636 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5637 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5639 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5640 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5641 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5643 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5644 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5645 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5646 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5647 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5648 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5650 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5652 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5655 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5657 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5658 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5659 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5660 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5661 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5662 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5664 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5666 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5667 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5669 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5671 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5672 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5675 if (align
> p
->p_align
5676 && !m
->p_align_valid
5677 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5678 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5682 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5685 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5687 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5694 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5695 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5696 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5698 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5700 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5701 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5702 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5703 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5704 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5705 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5707 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5712 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5714 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5717 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5718 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5719 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5720 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5723 /* xgettext:c-format */
5724 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5726 print_segment_map (m
);
5732 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5736 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5739 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5740 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5742 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5743 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5745 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5746 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5747 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5748 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5749 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5750 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5754 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5755 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5756 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5757 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5762 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5763 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5764 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5765 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5766 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5767 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5769 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5771 /* xgettext:c-format */
5772 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5774 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5776 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5777 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5778 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5779 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5782 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5784 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5787 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5788 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5789 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5790 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5791 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5792 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5793 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5794 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5795 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5796 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5797 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5799 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5802 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5803 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5807 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5809 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5810 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5811 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5814 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5817 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5819 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5820 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5822 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5824 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5825 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5826 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5829 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5830 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5835 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5837 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5838 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5839 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5842 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5843 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5844 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5846 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5847 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5848 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5849 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5852 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5853 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5854 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5856 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5857 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5866 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5867 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5871 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5872 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5875 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5876 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5881 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5883 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5888 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5890 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5891 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
5892 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
5893 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
5894 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
5896 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5898 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
5900 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
5901 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
5912 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5913 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5916 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
5918 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5920 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5922 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5924 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
5925 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
5926 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
5928 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
5934 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
5935 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
5937 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
5946 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
5947 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
5948 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
5949 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
5950 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
5952 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
5953 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
5954 In cases where the end does not match any
5955 loaded section (for instance is in file
5956 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
5957 the end of loaded section contents. */
5958 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
5959 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
5961 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
5962 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
5963 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
5964 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5965 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
5967 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5969 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5975 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5978 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5980 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5982 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5983 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5985 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5989 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5990 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5991 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5993 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5994 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5995 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6001 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6003 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6005 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6006 "and/or program header"),
6007 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6012 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6013 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6015 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6016 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6017 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6019 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6026 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
6028 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6029 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6030 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
6032 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
6034 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
6035 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6036 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
6040 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6045 static elf_section_list
*
6046 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6048 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6054 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6055 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6056 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6058 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6059 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
6060 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
6061 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
6062 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
6063 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
6064 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6066 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6069 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6070 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6072 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6073 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6074 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6076 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6077 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6079 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6080 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6081 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6085 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6086 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6088 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6089 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6090 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6091 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6096 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6097 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6098 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6099 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
6100 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6101 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6102 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6103 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6104 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6105 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6107 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6110 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6113 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6119 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6120 assignment of sections to segments. */
6121 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6124 /* And for non-load sections. */
6125 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6128 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
6130 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6134 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6135 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6137 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6138 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6139 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6141 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6142 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6143 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6144 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6145 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6147 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6148 segments is non-zero. */
6150 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6153 /* Write out the program headers. */
6154 alloc
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6158 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6159 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6160 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6161 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6162 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6163 catch all real world use cases.
6165 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6166 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6167 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6168 changed or the programs updated. */
6170 && tdata
->phdr
[0].p_type
== PT_PHDR
6171 && (bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
== NULL
6172 || !bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
,
6174 && tdata
->phdr
[1].p_type
== PT_LOAD
6175 && (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
> tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
6176 || (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[1].p_memsz
6177 < tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[0].p_memsz
)))
6179 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6180 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6181 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6182 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
6183 " by LOAD segment"),
6188 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6189 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6197 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6199 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6200 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6201 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6203 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6205 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6206 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6209 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6211 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6212 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6213 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6214 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6216 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6217 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6218 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6219 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6221 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6222 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6223 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6224 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6225 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6226 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6228 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6230 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6232 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6233 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6236 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6237 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6238 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6239 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6240 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6241 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6242 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6243 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6245 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6248 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6249 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6251 /* No program header, for now. */
6252 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6253 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6254 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6256 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6257 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6258 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6260 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6261 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6262 /* It all happens later. */
6266 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6267 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6270 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6271 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6273 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6275 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6276 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6277 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6278 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6284 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6285 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6288 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6291 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6292 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6293 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6294 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6296 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6298 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6299 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6300 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6303 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6305 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6306 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6307 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6309 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6313 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6314 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6316 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6317 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6321 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6322 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6324 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6325 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6327 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6328 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6332 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6333 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6336 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6338 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6340 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6342 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6347 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6352 /* Update section size and contents. */
6353 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6354 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6355 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6357 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6364 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6366 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6367 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6368 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6369 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6371 /* Place the section headers. */
6372 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6373 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6374 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6375 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6376 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6377 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6383 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6385 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6388 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6389 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6391 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6392 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6394 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6395 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6396 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6397 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6399 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6400 already been written to the BFD. */
6401 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6403 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6407 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6410 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6414 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6417 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6418 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6419 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6421 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6422 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6423 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6424 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6425 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6427 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6429 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6431 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6432 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6437 /* Write out the section header names. */
6438 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6439 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6440 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6441 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6444 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6445 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6447 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6450 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6451 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6452 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6458 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6460 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6461 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6464 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6467 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6469 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6470 unsigned int sec_index
;
6472 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6473 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6474 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6476 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6477 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6478 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6479 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6480 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6481 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6483 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6486 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6488 int retval
= sec_index
;
6490 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6494 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6500 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6504 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6506 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6508 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6510 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6511 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6512 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6513 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6514 input sections rather than the output section. */
6515 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6516 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6517 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6522 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6523 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6524 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6525 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6526 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6527 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6528 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6531 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6535 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6536 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6538 /* xgettext:c-format */
6539 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6540 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6541 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6548 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6549 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6557 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6560 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6562 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6563 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6564 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6565 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6566 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6569 unsigned int num_segments
;
6570 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6571 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6572 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6573 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6574 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6575 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6577 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6578 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6581 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6583 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6584 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6586 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6587 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6588 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6589 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6591 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6592 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6593 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6594 ? section->size : 0)
6596 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6597 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6598 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6599 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6600 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6601 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6603 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6604 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6605 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6606 (section->lma >= base \
6607 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6608 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6610 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6611 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6612 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6613 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6614 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6615 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6616 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6618 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6620 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6622 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6626 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6627 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6628 p_memsz set to 0. */
6629 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6631 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6632 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6633 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6634 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6636 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6637 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6638 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6640 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6641 A section will be included if:
6642 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6643 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6644 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6646 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6647 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6648 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6649 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6650 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6651 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6652 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6653 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6654 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6655 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6656 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6657 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6658 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6659 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6660 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6661 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6662 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6663 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6664 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6665 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6666 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6667 || (segment->p_paddr \
6668 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6669 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6670 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6672 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6674 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6675 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6676 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6677 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6678 && section->output_section != NULL)
6680 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6681 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6682 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6684 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6685 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6686 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6687 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6688 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6690 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6691 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6692 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6693 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6694 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6696 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6697 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6698 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6700 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6701 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6702 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6703 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6704 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6705 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6708 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6710 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6714 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6715 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6716 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6717 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6718 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6723 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6725 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6726 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6727 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6729 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6730 assignment code will work. */
6731 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6735 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6737 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6738 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6739 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6743 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6744 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6746 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6748 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6749 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6752 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6753 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6755 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6757 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6758 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6760 if (extra_length
> 0)
6762 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6763 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6766 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6768 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6770 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6775 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6777 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6778 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6780 if (extra_length
> 0)
6782 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6783 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6786 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6791 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6792 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6796 unsigned int section_count
;
6797 asection
**sections
;
6798 asection
*output_section
;
6800 asection
*matching_lma
;
6801 asection
*suggested_lma
;
6804 asection
*first_section
;
6806 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6809 first_section
= NULL
;
6810 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6811 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6813 section
= section
->next
)
6815 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6816 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6817 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6819 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6820 first_section
= section
;
6821 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6826 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6827 all of the sections we have selected. */
6828 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6829 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6830 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6834 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6835 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6837 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6838 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6839 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6841 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6842 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6844 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6846 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6847 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6850 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6851 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6852 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6853 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6854 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6856 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6858 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6859 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6860 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6861 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6862 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6864 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6865 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6868 if (section_count
== 0)
6870 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6871 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6872 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6873 a warning is produced.
6874 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6875 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6876 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6877 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6878 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
6879 /* xgettext:c-format */
6881 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
6882 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
6883 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
6886 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6887 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6892 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6893 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6894 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6895 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6897 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6898 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6901 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6902 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6903 of the first section.
6905 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6906 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6907 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6908 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6909 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6911 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6912 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6913 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6914 or segments to contain the other sections.
6916 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6917 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6918 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6920 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6921 if (sections
== NULL
)
6924 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6925 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6926 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6927 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6928 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6931 matching_lma
= NULL
;
6932 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
6934 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6936 section
= section
->next
)
6938 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6940 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6942 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6944 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6945 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6946 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6947 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6949 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6950 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6952 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6953 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
6954 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6955 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6956 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6957 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6959 output_section
->alignment_power
)
6960 == output_section
->vma
))
6961 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6963 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6964 LMA address of the output section. */
6965 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6966 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6967 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6968 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6970 if (matching_lma
== NULL
6971 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
6972 matching_lma
= output_section
;
6974 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6975 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6977 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6979 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
6980 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
6982 if (j
== section_count
)
6987 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6989 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6991 if (isec
== section_count
)
6993 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6994 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6995 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6996 program header in the input BFD. */
6997 map
->count
= section_count
;
6998 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6999 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7002 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7003 && matching_lma
->lma
!= map
->p_paddr
7004 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7005 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
7006 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
7007 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
7009 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
->lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
7016 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7017 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7018 section fitted, the first section. */
7019 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7020 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7022 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7024 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7025 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7026 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7028 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7030 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7031 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7032 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7033 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7034 offset when we know the correct value. */
7035 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7036 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7039 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7041 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7042 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7043 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7044 first section lma, but there may have been some
7045 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7046 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7047 the same alignment. */
7048 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7049 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7050 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7054 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7055 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7056 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7057 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7058 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7059 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7065 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7067 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7068 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7070 section
= sections
[j
];
7072 if (section
== NULL
)
7075 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7077 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7079 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7080 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7082 if (map
->count
== 0)
7084 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7085 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7087 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7088 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7089 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7090 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7091 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7093 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7094 != output_section
->lma
)
7101 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7103 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7104 and the start of this section is more than
7105 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7106 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7108 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7109 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7110 > output_section
->lma
))
7112 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7113 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7119 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7122 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7123 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7125 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7126 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7129 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
7131 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7132 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7133 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7135 if (isec
< section_count
)
7137 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7138 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7139 and carry on looping. */
7140 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7141 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7142 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7149 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7150 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7151 not yet been assigned. */
7153 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7154 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7155 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7156 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7157 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7158 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7159 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7162 while (isec
< section_count
);
7167 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7169 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7170 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7171 the offset if necessary. */
7172 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7176 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7179 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7180 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7181 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7183 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7184 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7187 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7188 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7195 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7196 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7198 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7199 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7200 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7201 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7202 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7203 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7207 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7210 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7212 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7213 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7214 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7215 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7216 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7218 unsigned int num_segments
;
7219 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7220 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7222 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7225 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7227 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7228 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7229 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7230 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7231 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7234 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7236 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7240 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7245 unsigned int section_count
;
7247 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7248 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7249 asection
*lowest_section
;
7250 bfd_boolean no_contents
= TRUE
;
7252 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7253 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7255 section
= section
->next
)
7257 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7258 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7260 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7261 first_section
= section
;
7262 if (elf_section_type (section
) != SHT_NOBITS
)
7263 no_contents
= FALSE
;
7268 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7269 all of the sections we have selected. */
7270 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7271 if (section_count
!= 0)
7272 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7273 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7277 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7280 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7281 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7282 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7283 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7284 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7285 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7286 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7287 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7289 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7290 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7292 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7293 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7294 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7295 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7296 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7298 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7299 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7302 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7303 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7304 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7305 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7307 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7308 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7310 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7311 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7312 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7313 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7314 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7316 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7317 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7320 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7321 if (section_count
!= 0)
7323 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7325 for (section
= first_section
;
7327 section
= section
->next
)
7329 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7330 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7332 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7333 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7337 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7338 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7339 lowest_section
= section
;
7341 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7342 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7343 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7344 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7346 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7347 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7349 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7350 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7351 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7353 if (isec
== section_count
)
7359 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7361 /* Try to keep the space used by the headers plus any
7362 padding fixed. If there are sections with file contents
7363 in this segment then the lowest sh_offset is the best
7364 guess. Otherwise the segment only has file contents for
7365 the headers, and p_filesz is the best guess. */
7367 map
->header_size
= segment
->p_filesz
;
7369 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->filepos
;
7372 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7373 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7374 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7375 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7376 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7377 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7379 map
->count
= section_count
;
7380 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7381 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7384 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7388 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7392 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7394 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7395 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7398 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7401 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7403 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7404 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7405 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7406 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7407 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7408 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7409 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7411 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7413 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7414 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7417 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7418 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7419 section
= section
->next
)
7420 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7422 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7423 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7427 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7428 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7429 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7430 map in this case. */
7431 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7432 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7433 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7436 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7437 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7439 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7440 from the input BFD. */
7441 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7443 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7445 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7446 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7447 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7449 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7450 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7452 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7453 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7454 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7455 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7456 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7457 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7463 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7465 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7466 section
= section
->next
)
7468 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7471 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7474 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7478 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7480 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7481 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7482 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7484 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7485 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7487 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7490 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7491 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7493 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7494 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7495 /* xgettext:c-format */
7496 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7497 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7498 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7500 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7503 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7504 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7507 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7510 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7513 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7517 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7520 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7521 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7522 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7524 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7525 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7528 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7530 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7531 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7532 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7533 that the linker clears to differ. */
7534 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7535 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7537 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7538 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7539 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7541 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7542 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7543 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7545 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7546 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7547 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7548 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7550 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7551 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7552 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7553 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7554 if ((link_info
== NULL
7555 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7556 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7557 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7559 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7560 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7561 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7562 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7565 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7566 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7567 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7570 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7572 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7573 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7574 may be NULL at this point. */
7575 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7577 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7578 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7579 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7582 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7587 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7588 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7591 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7598 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7599 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7602 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7603 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7605 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7607 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7608 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7609 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7610 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7611 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7613 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7617 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7618 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7619 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7620 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7621 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7625 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7629 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7630 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7632 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7633 asection
*s
= first
;
7634 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7638 /* If this member section is being output but the
7639 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7640 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7641 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7642 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7644 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7645 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7647 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7648 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7649 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7650 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7652 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7654 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7655 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7657 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7658 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7661 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7667 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7669 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7670 adjust the input section size. */
7671 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7672 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7673 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7674 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7677 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7682 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7684 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7685 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7687 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7688 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7697 /* Copy private header information. */
7700 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7702 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7703 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7706 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7707 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7708 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7709 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7710 already been worked out. */
7711 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7713 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7717 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7720 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7721 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7722 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7723 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7724 swap_out_syms function. */
7726 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7727 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7728 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7729 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7730 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7733 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7738 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7740 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7741 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7744 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7745 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7748 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7750 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7754 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7755 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7756 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7757 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7758 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7759 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7761 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7762 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7763 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7764 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7765 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7771 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7774 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7775 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7778 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7781 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7782 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7783 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7784 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7785 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7786 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7787 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7788 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7789 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7791 unsigned int num_locals
;
7793 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7795 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7798 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7799 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7803 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7804 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7805 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7806 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7807 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7808 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7809 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7810 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7812 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7813 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7815 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7816 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7817 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7818 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7820 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7824 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7825 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7826 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7829 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7833 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7834 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7836 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7837 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7839 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7841 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7842 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7844 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7845 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7846 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7847 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7850 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7851 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7852 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7853 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7854 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7856 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7859 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7861 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7862 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7868 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7869 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7870 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7871 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7872 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7873 outbound_syms_index
++;
7874 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7875 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7879 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7880 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7882 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7883 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7885 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7886 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7887 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7888 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7891 if (!name_local_sections
7892 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7894 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7895 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7899 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7900 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7902 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7904 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7908 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7910 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7911 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7913 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7914 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7915 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7916 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7917 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7918 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7919 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7921 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7922 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7923 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7927 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7930 if (sec
->output_section
)
7932 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7933 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7936 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7937 if (! relocatable_p
)
7939 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7940 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7942 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7944 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7946 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7947 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7948 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7949 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7953 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7956 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7959 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7962 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7965 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7966 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7975 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7977 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7981 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7982 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7983 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7984 demand of applications. For example, it
7985 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7986 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7987 actually in the output file. */
7988 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7990 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7991 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7993 /* xgettext:c-format */
7995 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
7996 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7997 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7999 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8005 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8008 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8010 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8011 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8012 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8014 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8016 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8018 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8023 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8026 /* Processor-specific types. */
8027 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8028 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8029 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8030 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8032 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8034 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8035 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8037 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8039 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8041 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8043 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8044 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8045 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8047 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8048 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8050 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8052 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8053 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8057 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8058 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8061 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8063 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8065 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8066 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8067 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8069 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8072 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8075 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8077 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8078 sym
.st_target_internal
8079 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8084 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8088 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8089 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8090 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8092 outbound_syms_index
++;
8093 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8094 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8097 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8098 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8100 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8101 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8103 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8104 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8105 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8107 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8108 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8109 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8111 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8112 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8114 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8115 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8120 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8121 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8122 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8123 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8124 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8125 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8126 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8127 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8132 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8134 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8135 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8136 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8139 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8145 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8146 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8148 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8154 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8158 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8160 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8162 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8166 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8167 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8169 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8175 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8178 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8181 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8184 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8191 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8193 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8196 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8197 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8198 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8202 return section
->reloc_count
;
8206 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8208 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8209 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8212 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8217 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8218 asymbol
**allocation
)
8220 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8221 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8224 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8228 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8229 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8230 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8231 dynamic reloc section. */
8234 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8239 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8241 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8245 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
8246 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8247 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8248 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8249 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8250 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
8251 * sizeof (arelent
*));
8256 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8257 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8258 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8259 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8260 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8261 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8262 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8265 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8269 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8273 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8279 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8281 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8283 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8284 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8285 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8290 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8292 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8294 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8305 /* Read in the version information. */
8308 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8310 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8311 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8313 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8315 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8316 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8317 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8319 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8321 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8323 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8324 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8326 error_return_bad_verref
:
8328 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8329 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8330 error_return_verref
:
8331 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8332 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8336 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8337 if (contents
== NULL
)
8338 goto error_return_verref
;
8340 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8341 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8342 goto error_return_verref
;
8344 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8345 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8347 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8348 goto error_return_verref
;
8350 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8351 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8352 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8353 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8354 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8355 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8357 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8358 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8361 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8363 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8365 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8366 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8368 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8369 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8371 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8372 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8375 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8376 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8377 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8378 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8379 goto error_return_verref
;
8382 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8383 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8384 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8386 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8387 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8388 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8389 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8391 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8393 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8394 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8395 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8396 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8397 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8399 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8400 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8402 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8403 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8405 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8408 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8409 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8411 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8412 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8413 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8415 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8416 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8419 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8420 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8422 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8423 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8425 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8426 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8427 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8429 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8430 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8432 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8438 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8440 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8441 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8442 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8443 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8444 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8446 unsigned int maxidx
;
8447 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8449 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8451 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8453 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8455 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8456 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8457 error_return_verdef
:
8458 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8459 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8463 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8464 if (contents
== NULL
)
8465 goto error_return_verdef
;
8466 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8467 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8468 goto error_return_verdef
;
8470 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8471 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8472 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8473 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8474 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8475 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8477 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8478 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8480 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8482 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8484 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8486 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8487 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8488 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8489 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8491 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8494 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8495 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8496 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8498 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8499 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8502 if (default_imported_symver
)
8504 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8510 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8511 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8512 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8513 goto error_return_verdef
;
8515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8517 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8518 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8519 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8521 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8522 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8525 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8527 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8528 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8530 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8531 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8533 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8535 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8536 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8539 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8540 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8541 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8542 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8543 goto error_return_verdef
;
8547 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8548 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8550 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8551 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8552 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8553 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8555 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8557 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8558 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8559 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8560 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8561 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8563 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8564 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8566 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8569 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8570 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8572 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8573 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8574 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8576 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8577 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8580 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8581 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8582 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8584 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8585 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8587 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8588 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8590 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8591 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8597 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8604 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8605 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8606 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8609 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8612 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8613 if (default_imported_symver
)
8615 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8616 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8618 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8620 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8621 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8622 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8623 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8625 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8627 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8628 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8629 goto error_return_verdef
;
8630 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8631 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8632 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8633 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8634 goto error_return_verdef
;
8636 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8637 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8643 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8649 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8651 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8653 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8656 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8657 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8661 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8665 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8668 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8669 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8673 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8676 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8677 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8680 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8681 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8682 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8685 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8686 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8687 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8688 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8689 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8690 we treat such symbols as local. */
8691 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8694 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8695 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8696 These labels have the form:
8698 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8700 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8702 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8703 so we only need to match the rest. */
8704 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8706 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8710 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8712 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8714 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8715 /* A fake symbol. */
8718 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8719 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8720 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8721 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8722 other than some kind of local ? */
8739 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8740 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8747 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8748 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8749 unsigned long machine
)
8751 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8752 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8753 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8754 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8755 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8758 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8761 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8762 for error reporting. */
8765 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8769 const char **filename_ptr
,
8770 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8771 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8772 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8776 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8777 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8778 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8779 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8780 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8781 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8782 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8785 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8786 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8787 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8792 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8793 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8794 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8795 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8797 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8800 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8803 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8804 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8811 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8814 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8815 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8817 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8818 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8819 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8820 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8823 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8824 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8825 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8826 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8827 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8830 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8831 const char **filename_ptr
,
8832 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8833 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8836 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8837 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8838 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8843 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8845 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8846 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8848 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8850 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8852 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8854 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8857 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8858 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8861 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8864 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8872 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8874 const void *location
,
8876 bfd_size_type count
)
8878 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8881 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8882 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8888 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8889 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8891 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8892 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8893 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8894 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8895 || contents
== NULL
)
8897 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8900 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8901 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8902 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8909 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8910 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8911 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8917 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8920 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8922 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8924 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8926 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8927 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8929 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8930 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8932 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8934 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8937 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8940 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8943 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8946 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8949 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8952 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8958 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8960 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8962 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8963 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8965 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8970 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8976 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8979 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8982 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8985 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8988 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8994 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8998 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9006 /* xgettext:c-format */
9007 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9008 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9009 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9014 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9016 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9017 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9019 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9020 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9021 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9024 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9027 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9028 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9029 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9032 bfd_reloc_status_type
9033 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9034 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9035 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9036 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9037 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9039 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9042 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9043 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9044 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9045 out details about the corefile. */
9047 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9048 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9049 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9050 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9053 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9054 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9057 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9061 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9063 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9068 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9069 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9070 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9074 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9078 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9081 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9085 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9086 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9087 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9091 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9092 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9093 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9094 such a section already exists.
9095 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9096 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9097 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9099 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9105 char *threaded_name
;
9109 /* Build the section name. */
9111 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9112 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9113 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9114 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9116 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9118 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9123 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9124 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9126 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9129 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9131 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9135 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9138 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9143 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9147 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9148 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9149 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9151 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9152 has already been set by another thread. */
9153 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9154 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9155 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9156 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9158 /* pr_who exists on:
9161 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9164 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9165 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9167 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9170 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9171 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9173 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9174 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9176 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9177 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9178 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9180 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9181 has already been set by another thread. */
9182 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9183 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9184 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9185 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9187 /* pr_who exists on:
9190 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9193 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9196 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9199 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9202 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9203 note size (ie. data object type). */
9207 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9208 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9209 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9211 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9213 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9215 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9217 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9219 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9220 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9223 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9224 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9225 data structure apart. */
9228 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9230 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9233 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9234 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9238 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9240 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9243 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9244 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9245 contents literally. */
9248 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9250 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9254 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9256 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9260 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9262 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9266 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9268 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9272 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9274 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9278 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9280 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9284 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9286 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9290 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9292 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9296 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9298 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9302 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9304 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9308 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9310 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9314 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9316 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9320 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9322 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9326 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9328 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9332 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9334 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9338 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9340 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9344 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9346 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9350 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9352 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9356 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9358 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9362 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9364 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9368 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9370 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9374 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9376 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9380 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9382 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9386 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9388 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9392 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9394 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9398 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9400 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9404 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9406 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9410 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9412 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9416 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9418 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9422 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9424 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9428 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9430 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9434 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9436 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9440 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9442 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9446 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9448 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9451 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9452 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9453 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9454 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9458 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9459 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9460 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9461 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9465 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9466 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9467 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9470 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9473 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9481 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9485 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9491 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9493 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9495 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9497 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9499 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9501 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9502 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9504 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9505 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9506 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9508 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9509 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9510 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9512 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9513 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9515 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9516 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9518 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9520 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9521 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9523 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9524 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9525 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9527 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9528 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9529 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9535 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9536 note size (ie. data object type). */
9540 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9541 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9542 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9545 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9546 int n
= strlen (command
);
9548 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9549 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9554 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9556 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9558 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9560 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9561 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9562 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9568 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9570 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9572 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9573 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9575 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9578 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9580 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9583 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9584 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9585 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9589 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9591 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9593 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9595 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9601 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9602 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9603 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9608 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9610 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9611 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9613 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9614 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9616 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9618 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9619 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9620 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9623 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9625 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9629 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9630 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9631 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9632 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9635 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9636 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9637 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9640 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9642 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9645 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9647 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9648 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9649 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9652 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9654 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9658 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9659 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9660 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9661 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9664 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9665 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9666 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9669 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9671 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9673 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9676 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9683 int is_active_thread
;
9686 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9689 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9692 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9696 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9697 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9698 /* process_info.pid */
9699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9700 /* process_info.signal */
9701 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9704 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9705 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9706 /* thread_info.tid */
9707 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9709 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9710 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9714 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9716 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9720 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9722 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9723 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9724 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9726 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9727 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9729 if (is_active_thread
)
9730 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9734 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9735 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9736 /* module_info.base_address */
9737 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9738 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9740 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9741 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9745 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9747 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9752 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9753 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9754 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9765 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9767 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9775 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9776 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9778 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9779 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9784 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9786 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9789 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9791 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9794 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9795 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9797 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9798 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9800 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9801 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9802 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9803 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9807 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9808 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9809 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9810 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9815 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9816 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9817 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9822 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9823 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9824 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9829 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9830 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9831 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
9836 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9837 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9838 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
9843 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9844 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9845 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
9850 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9851 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9852 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
9857 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9858 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9859 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
9863 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
9864 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9865 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9866 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
9870 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
9871 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9872 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9873 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
9877 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
9878 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9879 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9880 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
9884 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
9885 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9886 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9887 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
9892 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9893 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9894 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
9898 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
9899 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9900 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9901 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
9905 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
9906 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9907 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9908 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
9912 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
9913 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9914 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9915 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
9919 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9920 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9921 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9922 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9927 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9928 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9929 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9933 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9934 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9935 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9936 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9940 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9941 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9942 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9943 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9948 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9949 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9950 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9954 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9955 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9956 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9957 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9961 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9962 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9963 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9964 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9968 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9969 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9970 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9971 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9976 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9977 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9978 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9982 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9983 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9984 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9985 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9989 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9990 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9991 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9992 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9997 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9998 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9999 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10003 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10004 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10005 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10006 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10011 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10012 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10013 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10018 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10019 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10020 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10024 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10025 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10026 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10027 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10031 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10032 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10033 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10034 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10039 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10040 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10041 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10047 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10048 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10050 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10051 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10058 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10063 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10064 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10065 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10071 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10075 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10082 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10084 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10086 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10089 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10090 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10093 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10094 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10095 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10101 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10103 switch (note
->type
)
10108 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10109 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10111 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10112 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10117 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10119 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10120 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
10123 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10124 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10125 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10127 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10133 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10135 switch (note
->type
)
10138 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10146 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10150 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10153 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10158 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10166 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10167 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10172 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10173 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10177 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10181 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10182 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10183 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10186 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10187 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10188 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10191 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10194 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10195 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10199 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10205 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10211 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10212 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10213 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10217 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10221 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10222 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10229 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10232 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10233 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10236 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10237 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10238 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10240 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10245 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10249 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10252 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10253 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10254 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10255 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10258 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10259 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10260 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10263 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10264 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10267 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10268 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10271 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10272 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10273 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10277 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10279 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10281 switch (note
->type
)
10284 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10285 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10287 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10290 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10293 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10295 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10296 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10297 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10301 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10302 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10305 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10306 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10309 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10310 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10313 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10315 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10320 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 4;
10321 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 4;
10322 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10327 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10328 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10329 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10333 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10334 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10338 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10346 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10350 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10353 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10360 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10362 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10365 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10366 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10367 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10369 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10370 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10371 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10373 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10374 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10375 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10377 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10382 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10386 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10389 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
10391 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10392 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10393 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10394 creates a core file. */
10396 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10399 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10400 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10401 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10404 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10408 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10410 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10411 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10413 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10414 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10415 switch (note
->type
)
10417 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10418 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10420 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10421 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10427 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10428 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10431 switch (note
->type
)
10433 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10434 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10436 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10437 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10447 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10449 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10452 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10453 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10454 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10456 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10457 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10458 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10460 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10461 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10462 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10468 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10470 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10471 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10473 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10474 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10476 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10477 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10479 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10480 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10482 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10484 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10489 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10490 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10491 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10496 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10498 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10503 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10504 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10505 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10514 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10516 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10523 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10526 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10527 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10529 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10530 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10532 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10533 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10535 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10536 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10538 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10539 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10542 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10543 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10544 thread just in case. */
10545 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10546 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10548 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10549 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10551 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10554 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10556 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10560 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10561 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10562 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10564 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10568 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10569 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10577 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10578 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10580 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10583 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10585 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10589 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10590 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10591 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10593 /* This is the current thread. */
10594 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10595 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10600 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10601 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10602 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10603 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10606 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10608 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10609 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10611 static long tid
= 1;
10613 switch (note
->type
)
10615 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10616 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10617 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10618 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10619 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10620 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10621 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10622 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10629 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10635 /* Use note name as section name. */
10636 len
= note
->namesz
;
10637 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10640 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10641 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10643 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10647 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10648 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10649 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10654 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10657 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10661 size of data for note
10663 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10664 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10665 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10666 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10669 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10672 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10680 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10687 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10689 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10691 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10694 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10695 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10696 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10697 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10698 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10699 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10703 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10711 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10721 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
10722 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
10723 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
10724 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
10725 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
10726 be NULL terminated.
10727 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
10728 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
10729 the finer control available with later versions.
10730 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
10731 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
10732 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
10733 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
10734 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10735 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
10736 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
10739 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10743 const char *psargs
)
10745 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10747 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10750 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10751 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10756 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10757 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10758 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10760 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10762 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10765 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10768 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10769 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10770 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10771 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10772 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10777 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10779 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10782 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10785 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10786 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10787 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10788 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10789 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10791 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10796 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10797 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
10801 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10802 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10803 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10805 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
10807 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
10809 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10810 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10811 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10815 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
10817 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10818 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10819 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10824 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10825 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10826 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10828 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
10830 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
10832 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10833 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10834 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10838 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
10840 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10841 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10842 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10847 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10854 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10856 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10859 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10861 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10866 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10867 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10868 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10870 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10872 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10873 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10874 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10875 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10876 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10877 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10884 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10885 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10886 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10887 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10888 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10889 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10891 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10897 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10899 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10906 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10907 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10909 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10910 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10911 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10912 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10913 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10914 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10915 #if !defined(gregs)
10916 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10917 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10919 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10920 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10923 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10924 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10926 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10928 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10930 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10934 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10935 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10937 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10938 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10939 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10941 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10945 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10946 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10947 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10948 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10956 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10957 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10958 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10959 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10963 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10966 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10969 const void *fpregs
,
10972 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10973 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10974 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10978 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10981 const void *xfpregs
,
10984 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10985 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10986 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10990 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10991 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10994 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10995 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10997 note_name
= "LINUX";
10998 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10999 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11003 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11006 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11009 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11010 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11011 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11015 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11018 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11021 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11022 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11023 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11027 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11030 const void *ppc_tar
,
11033 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11034 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11035 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11039 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11042 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11045 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11046 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11047 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11051 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11054 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11057 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11058 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11059 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11063 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11066 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11069 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11070 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11071 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11075 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11078 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11081 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11082 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11083 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11087 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11090 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11093 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11094 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11095 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11099 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11102 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11105 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11106 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11107 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11111 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11114 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11117 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11118 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11119 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11123 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11126 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11129 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11130 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11131 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11135 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11138 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11141 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11142 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11143 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11147 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11150 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11153 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11154 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11155 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11159 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11162 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11165 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11166 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11167 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11171 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11174 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11177 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11178 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11179 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11183 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11186 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11189 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11190 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11191 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11192 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11196 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11199 const void *s390_timer
,
11202 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11203 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11204 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11208 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11211 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11214 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11215 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11216 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11220 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11223 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11226 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11227 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11228 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11232 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11235 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11238 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11239 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11240 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11244 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11247 const void *s390_prefix
,
11250 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11251 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11252 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11256 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11259 const void *s390_last_break
,
11262 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11263 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11264 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11265 s390_last_break
, size
);
11269 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11272 const void *s390_system_call
,
11275 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11276 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11277 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11278 s390_system_call
, size
);
11282 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11285 const void *s390_tdb
,
11288 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11289 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11290 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11294 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11297 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11300 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11301 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11302 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11306 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11309 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11312 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11313 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11314 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11315 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11319 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11322 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11325 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11326 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11327 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11332 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11335 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11338 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11339 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11340 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11345 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11348 const void *arm_vfp
,
11351 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11352 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11353 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11357 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11360 const void *aarch_tls
,
11363 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11364 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11365 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11369 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11372 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11375 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11376 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11377 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11381 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11384 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11387 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11388 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11389 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11393 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11396 const void *aarch_sve
,
11399 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11400 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11401 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11405 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11408 const char *section
,
11412 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11413 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11414 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11415 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11416 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11417 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11418 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11419 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11420 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11421 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11422 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11423 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11424 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11425 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11426 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11427 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11428 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11429 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11430 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11431 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11432 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11433 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11434 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11435 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11436 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11437 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11438 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11439 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11440 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11441 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11442 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11443 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11444 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11445 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11446 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11447 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11448 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11449 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11450 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11451 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11452 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11453 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11454 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11455 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11456 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11457 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11458 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11459 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11460 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11461 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11462 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11463 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11464 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11465 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11466 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11467 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11468 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11469 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11470 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11471 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11472 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11473 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11474 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11475 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11476 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11477 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11478 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11479 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11480 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11481 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11482 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11483 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11488 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11493 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11494 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11495 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11496 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11499 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11503 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11505 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11506 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11508 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11511 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11513 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11514 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11515 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11518 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11519 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11520 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11522 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11523 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11526 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11533 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11536 const char * string
;
11538 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11542 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11543 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11544 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11545 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11546 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11547 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
11549 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11552 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11554 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11555 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11556 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11558 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11567 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11569 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11572 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11573 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11575 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11581 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11588 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11593 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11596 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11599 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
11603 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11604 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11607 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
11608 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11618 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11620 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11621 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11622 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11625 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11627 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11629 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11633 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11636 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11637 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11638 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11639 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11641 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11642 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11645 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11649 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11655 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11656 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
11657 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11658 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11663 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11664 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11665 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11666 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11668 return reloc_class_normal
;
11671 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11672 relocation against a local symbol. */
11675 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11676 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11678 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11680 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11681 bfd_vma relocation
;
11683 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11684 + sec
->output_offset
11686 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11687 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11688 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11691 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11692 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11693 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
11696 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11697 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11698 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11699 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11700 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11701 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
11702 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
11705 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
11706 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
11712 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11713 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11717 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11719 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11720 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
11722 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11723 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11724 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
11727 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11728 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11729 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11730 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11734 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
11735 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11739 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
11741 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11742 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11744 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11745 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
11748 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
11750 /* Reverse the offset. */
11751 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11752 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
11754 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11755 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11756 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
11762 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11763 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11764 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11765 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11766 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11767 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11769 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11770 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11771 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11772 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11773 the remote memory. */
11776 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11779 bfd_size_type size
,
11780 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
11781 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
11783 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
11784 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
11788 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
11789 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11790 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11795 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11798 const char *relplt_name
;
11799 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
11803 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11809 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
11812 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
11815 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
11818 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
11819 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
11820 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11821 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
11822 if (relplt
== NULL
)
11825 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
11826 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
11827 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
11830 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
11834 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
11835 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
11838 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
11839 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
11840 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11841 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11843 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
11844 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11847 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
11849 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11854 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
11858 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
11859 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11861 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11866 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
11867 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11870 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11871 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11872 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11873 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
11874 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
11875 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
11877 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
11880 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
11881 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
11883 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11887 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11888 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11889 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
11890 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
11893 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
11896 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11897 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
11904 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11905 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11906 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
11907 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
11908 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
11909 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11910 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
11911 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
11914 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
11915 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11917 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11919 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
11921 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
11923 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11924 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11925 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11926 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11927 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
11928 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
11932 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11933 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11934 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11937 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
11939 return (type
== STT_FUNC
11940 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
11943 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11944 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11945 otherwise return zero. */
11948 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
11951 bfd_size_type size
;
11953 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
11954 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
11955 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
11958 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
11960 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
11961 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;